nl80211.h 228.3 KB
Newer Older
1 2 3 4 5
#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
/*
 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
 *
6
 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 8
 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
M
Michael Büsch 已提交
9
 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10
 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 12
 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
13
 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 *
 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 *
27 28
 */

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
/*
 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
 *
 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
 * can actually be identified and removed.
 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
 */

42 43
#include <linux/types.h>

44 45
#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"

46 47 48 49 50
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
51
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
52 53
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"

54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
/**
 * DOC: Station handling
 *
 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
 * to.
 *
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
 * capabilities.
 *
 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
 *    time mark it authorized.
 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
 *
 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 79
 */

80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116
/**
 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
 *
 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
 * for various reasons.
 *
 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
 * for doing that.
 *
 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 *
 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 *
 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 *
 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 * below.
 */

117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149
/**
 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 *
 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 *
 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 *
 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 *
 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 *
 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 */

150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174
/**
 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 *
 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 * and power consumption.
 *
 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 * following events occur.
 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 *
 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 * rule.
 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 */

175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184
/**
 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 *
 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195
 *
 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
 *
 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
196 197
 */

198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
/**
 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 *
 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 *
 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 * below additional parameters to userspace.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 *
 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 */

234 235 236 237 238 239 240
/**
 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
241
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
242
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
243 244 245
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
 *	attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
 *	monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
246 247
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
 *	and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
248 249
 *	However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
 *	instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
250 251 252 253 254 255 256
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
257 258
 *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 *
272 273
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
274 275
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
276
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
277 278
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
279 280 281
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 *
282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
292 293
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
294
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
295 296
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
297
 *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
298
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
299 300 301
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
302
 *
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
311 312 313 314 315
 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 *	frame).
316
 *
317 318 319 320 321 322
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
323 324 325 326
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
327 328 329 330 331
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 *	the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 333
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
334
 *
335
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344
 *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 *	global regdomain will be returned.
 *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
 *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
345 346 347
 *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
359
 * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
360 361
 * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 *
362
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
363 364
 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 *
365
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
366 367
 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 *
368 369 370 371 372 373 374
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 *	added to all specified management frames generated by
 *	kernel/firmware/driver.
375 376 377 378 379 380
 *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
381
 *
382 383
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
384
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
385
 *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
386 387
 *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 *	be used.
388 389 390 391 392
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 *	partial scan results may be available
 *
393
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402
 *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410
 *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
411 412
 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
413 414 415
 *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
416 417 418
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428
 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 *	results available.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 *
429 430 431 432 433
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 *      or noise level
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 *
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 *	ESS.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
442
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
443 444 445
 *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 *	authentication.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
446 447
 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 *
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457
 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
 * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473
 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 * 	the beacon hint was processed.
474
 *
475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488
 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 *	authentication process.
 *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 *	to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
 *	is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
 *	define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
 *	to be added to the frame.
 *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
489 490 491 492
 *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
493 494 495 496 497 498
 *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 *	pending authentication timed out).
499 500 501
 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
502 503 504 505 506
 *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 *	included).
507
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
508
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
509 510 511
 *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 *	primitives).
 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
512
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
513
 *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
514
 *
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522
 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
523 524 525 526 527
 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
528 529 530
 *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
531 532 533
 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 *	determined by the network interface.
 *
534 535 536 537
 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 *	to the driver.
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
538 539 540 541
 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
542 543
 *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
556 557 558
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 *	a different BSS is desired.
559 560 561 562 563
 *	Background scan period can optionally be
 *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 *	if not specified default background scan configuration
 *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
564 565
 *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
566 567 568 569 570 571
 *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 *	well to remain backwards compatible.
572 573 574 575 576 577 578
 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: notifcation indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 *	When the driver roamed in a network that requires 802.1X authentication,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set if the 802.1X authentication
 *	was done by the driver or if roaming was done using Fast Transition
 *	protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication is not needed). If
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space is responsible for
 *	the 802.1X authentication.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
579 580 581 582 583
 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 *
584 585 586
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 *
587 588 589 590
 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
591 592
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
593
 *	frequency for the operation.
594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 *	radio).
 *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 *	uniquely identify the request.
 *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 *
611 612 613 614
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 *
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623
 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
624 625
 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 *	backward compatibility
626 627 628
 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
629 630
 *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
631 632 633 634 635
 *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
636 637 638
 *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
639 640
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
641 642 643
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 *	is used during CSA period.
644 645 646
 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
647
 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
648 649
 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
650 651 652
 *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 *	the frame.
653 654
 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 *	backward compatibility.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
655 656 657 658
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 *
659 660 661 662 663 664
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 *	levels.
 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 *	reached.
665
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
666 667
 *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
668 669 670 671 672 673
 *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 *	precedence when they are used.
674
 *
675 676
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
 *
677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 *	command, the feature is disabled.
 *
691 692 693 694 695
 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 *	mesh config parameters may be given.
 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 *	network is determined by the network interface.
 *
696 697 698 699 700 701 702
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 *
703 704 705
 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
706 707 708 709 710
 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
711 712 713 714
 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 *      depending on the authentication result.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
715 716 717 718 719 720 721
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 *	more background information, see
 *	http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
722 723 724 725 726 727
 *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
728
 *
729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 *
737 738 739
 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 *
740
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
741 742 743 744 745 746
 *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
755
 *
756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 *	is received.
 *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
 *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
764 765 766 767 768 769 770
 *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
771
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779
 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 *
780 781 782 783 784
 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 *
785 786 787
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 *
788 789
 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
790
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
791 792 793
 *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 *	from the remote AP) is completed;
794
 *
795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803
 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 *	interfaces to change channel as well.
 *
804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 *	public action frame TX.
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 *
812 813 814 815 816
 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 *	is used for this.
 *
817 818 819
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
 *
820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 *
830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837
 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 *	while operating on this channel.
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 *	event.
 *
838 839 840 841
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 *
842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849
 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 *
850 851 852 853 854 855 856
 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 *	complete.
 *
 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 *	return back to normal.
 *
857 858 859
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 *
860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869
 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 *	the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 *	switch is complete.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878
 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 *
879 880 881 882 883 884
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 *
885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900
 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
 *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
 *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
 *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
 *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
 *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
 *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
 *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
 *	fail even if the check was successful.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
 *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
 *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
 *
901 902 903 904
 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
 *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 *
905 906 907 908 909
 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
 *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
 *	network is determined by the network interface.
 *
910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
 *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
 *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
 *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
 *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
 *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
 *	AP.
 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
 *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
 *	when this command completes.
 *
922 923 924 925
 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
 *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
 *	management.
 *
926 927 928 929
 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
 *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
 *	cfg80211_scan_done().
 *
930
 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
 *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
 *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
 *	cluster. This command must have a valid
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
 *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
 *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
 *	added.
940 941
 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956
 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
 *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
 *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 *	of the function upon success.
 *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
 *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
 *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
 *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
 *	which just terminated.
 *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
 *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
 *	the response to this command.
 *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
957 958 959
 *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
 *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967
 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
 *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
 *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
 *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
 *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
 *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
 *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
968 969 970
 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
 *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
971
 *
972 973 974 975 976 977
 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
 *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
 *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
 *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
 *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
 *
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985
 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
 *	for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
 *	When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
 *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
 *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
 *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 *
986 987 988 989
 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_commands {
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
990
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002
	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,

	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,

1003 1004 1005 1006 1007
	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,

1008 1009
	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1010 1011 1012 1013
	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1014

1015 1016 1017 1018 1019
	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,

1020 1021 1022 1023 1024
	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,

1025 1026
	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,

1027 1028 1029
	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,

1030 1031
	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1032

1033
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1034

1035 1036
	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,

1037 1038 1039 1040 1041
	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,

1042 1043
	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,

1044 1045 1046 1047 1048
	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,

1049 1050
	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,

1051 1052
	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1053 1054 1055
	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,

1056 1057
	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1058 1059 1060 1061
	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,

1062 1063
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,

1064 1065 1066
	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1067 1068 1069 1070
	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,

1071 1072 1073
	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,

1074 1075
	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,

1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081
	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1082

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
1083 1084 1085
	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,

1086 1087 1088
	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,

1089
	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1090
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1091

1092 1093
	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,

1094 1095 1096
	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,

1097 1098 1099
	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,

1100 1101
	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1102 1103 1104
	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,

1105 1106 1107 1108 1109
	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,

1110 1111
	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,

1112 1113
	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,

1114 1115 1116
	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,

1117 1118
	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1119 1120
	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,

1121 1122
	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,

1123 1124
	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,

1125 1126
	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,

1127 1128
	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,

1129 1130 1131
	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,

1132 1133
	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,

1134 1135
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,

1136 1137
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,

1138 1139
	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,

1140 1141
	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,

1142 1143 1144
	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,

1145 1146 1147
	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,

1148 1149 1150
	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,

1151 1152
	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1153 1154
	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,

1155 1156
	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,

1157 1158 1159
	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,

1160 1161
	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,

1162 1163 1164
	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,

1165 1166
	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,

1167 1168 1169
	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,

1170 1171
	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,

1172 1173
	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,

1174 1175
	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1176 1177
	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1178
	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1179
	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1180

1181 1182
	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,

1183 1184
	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,

1185 1186 1187
	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,

1188
	/* add new commands above here */
1189

1190 1191 1192 1193 1194
	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

1195 1196 1197 1198 1199
/*
 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
 * here
 */
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1200
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1201
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1202 1203 1204 1205
#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1206
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1207

1208 1209
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS

1210 1211 1212
/* source-level API compatibility */
#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1213
#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1214

1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222
/**
 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
 *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1223
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
 *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
 *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
 *	documentation of the enum for more information.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
 *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
 *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
S
Sujith 已提交
1236
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1237
 *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
S
Sujith 已提交
1238
 *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1239
 *		this attribute)
S
Sujith 已提交
1240 1241 1242
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1243
 *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
 *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
 *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
 *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
 *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
 *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
 *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
 *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
 *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1256 1257
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
 *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1258 1259 1260 1261 1262
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
 *
1263 1264 1265
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
 *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
 *
1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
 *	keys
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
 *	default management key
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
 *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
 *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1283
 *
1284 1285 1286 1287 1288
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
 *
1289 1290
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1291
 *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
 *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
 *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
 *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1299
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1300
 *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1301
 *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1302
 *
1303 1304 1305
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
 *	consisting of a nested array.
 *
1306
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1307 1308
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
 *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1309 1310 1311 1312 1313
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
 * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
 *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
 *
1314 1315 1316
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
 *
1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
 * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
 * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
 * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
 * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
 * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1323
 * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1324 1325 1326 1327 1328
 * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
 * 	to a specific alpha2.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
 *	rules.
 *
1329 1330 1331 1332 1333
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1334 1335 1336
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
 *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1337
 *
1338 1339 1340
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
 *
1341 1342 1343 1344
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
 *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
 *	of the interface mode.
 *
1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
 *
1351 1352
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
 *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1353 1354
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
 *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1355 1356
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
 *	that can be added to a scan request
1357 1358
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
 *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1359 1360
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
 *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
 *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
 *
1367 1368 1369 1370 1371
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
 * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
 * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
 *
1372 1373 1374 1375
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
 *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
 *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
 *
1376 1377 1378
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
 *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1379 1380 1381 1382 1383
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
 *	represented as a u32
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1384
 *
1385 1386 1387
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
 *	a u32
 *
1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
 * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
 * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
 *
1399 1400 1401
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
 *	cipher suites
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1402 1403 1404
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
 *	for other networks on different channels
 *
1405 1406 1407
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
 *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
 *
1408 1409
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
 *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415
 *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
 *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
 *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
 *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1416
 *
1417 1418 1419
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
 *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
 *
1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
 *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
 *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
 *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
 *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
 *	default in station mode.
1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
 *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
 *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
 *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
 *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
 *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
 *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1435
 *
1436 1437 1438
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
 *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
 *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
 *	a local disconnect request.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 *	event (u16)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1445 1446
 *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1447
 *
1448 1449
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
 *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1450
 *	(an array of u32).
1451 1452 1453 1454 1455
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
 *	u32).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1456
 *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1457 1458
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
 *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
 *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
 *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
 *
1465 1466 1467 1468 1469
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
 *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
 *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
 *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
 *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1470
 *
1471 1472
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
 *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1473 1474 1475
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
 *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
 *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1476
 *
1477 1478
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
 *
1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486
 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
 *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
 *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
 *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
 *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
 *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
 *	completely from scratch.
 *
1487 1488
 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
 *
1489 1490 1491 1492
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1493 1494 1495 1496
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
 *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
 *
1497
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1498 1499 1500
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
 *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
 *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1501 1502 1503
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
 *
1504 1505 1506 1507 1508
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
 *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
 *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
 *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
 *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515
 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
 *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
 *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
 *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
 *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1516
 *
1517
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527
 *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
 *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
 *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
 *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1528 1529 1530 1531
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
 *	acknowledged by the recipient.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1532 1533
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
 *
1534 1535 1536
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
 *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
 *
1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542
 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
 *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
 *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
 *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 *
1543 1544 1545
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
 *	connected to this BSS.
 *
1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
 *      for non-automatic settings.
 *
1552 1553 1554
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
 *	means support for per-station GTKs.
 *
1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
 *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
 *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
 *
 *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
 *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
 *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
 *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
 *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
 *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
 *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
 *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
 *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
 *	support by returning -EINVAL.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
 *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
 *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
1575
 *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1576
 *
B
Bruno Randolf 已提交
1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
 *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
 *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
 *
1583 1584
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
 *
1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
 *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
 *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
 *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
 *	nl80211 capability flag.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1591
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1592
 *
1593 1594 1595 1596
 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
 *
1597
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1598 1599 1600
 *	changed once the mesh is active.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
 *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1601 1602 1603
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
 *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
 *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1604 1605 1606 1607
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
 *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
 *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1608
 *
1609 1610
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
 *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1611 1612 1613 1614
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
 *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
 *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
 *	triggers.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1615
 *
1616 1617
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
 *	cycles, in msecs.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1618
 *
1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
 *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
 *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
 *	pass-thru filter rules.
 *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
 *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
 *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
 *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
 *	able to ignore them by itself.
 *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
 *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
 *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
 *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
 *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
 *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
 *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
 *	If ommited, no filtering is done.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1636
 *
1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643
 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
 *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
 *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
 *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
 *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1644
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1645
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1646 1647
 *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
 *
1648 1649 1650 1651 1652
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
 *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
 *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
 *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
 *
1653 1654 1655 1656
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
 *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
 *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
 *
1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
 *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
 *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
 *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
 *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
 *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
 *	(Re)Association Request frames.
 *
1667 1668
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
 *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1669 1670
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
 *	as AP.
1671
 *
1672 1673 1674
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
 *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
 *
1675 1676 1677
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
 *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
 *
1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
 *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
 *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
 *	applications use this attribute.
 *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
 *
1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
 *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
 *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
 *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
 *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
 *	as a TDLS peer sta.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
 *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
 *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
 *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1699 1700 1701 1702 1703
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
 *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
 *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
 *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
 *
1704 1705 1706 1707 1708
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
 *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
 *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
 *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
 *
1709 1710
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
 *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1711 1712 1713 1714
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
 *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
 *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
 *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1715
 *
1716 1717 1718
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
 *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
 *	to be filled by the FW.
1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
 *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
 *      The values that may be configured are:
 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1730
 *
1731 1732 1733 1734
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
 *    to one DFS region.
 *
1735 1736 1737
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
 *      up to 16 TIDs.
 *
1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743
 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
 *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
 *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
 *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
 *	capability to timeout the stations.
 *
1744 1745 1746 1747
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
 *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
 *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
 *
1748 1749 1750
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
 *
1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
 *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
 *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
 *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
 *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
 *
1757 1758 1759 1760
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
 *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
 *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
 *
1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770
 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
 *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
 *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
 *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
 *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
 *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
 *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
 *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
 *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
 *	consistent.
1771
 *
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
1772 1773 1774
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
 *
1775 1776
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
 *
1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783
 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
 *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
 *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
 *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
 *	no change is made.
 *
1784 1785 1786
 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
 *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
 *
1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
 *	carried in a u32 attribute
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
 *	MAC ACL.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
 *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
 *	ACL.
 *
1797 1798 1799
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
 *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
 *
1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
 *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
 *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
 *
1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
 *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
 *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
 *	and PU-APSD.
 *
1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
 *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
 *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
 *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
 *
1820 1821 1822 1823 1824
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
 *	Element
 *
1825 1826 1827 1828 1829
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
 *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
 *
1830 1831 1832 1833 1834
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
 *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
 *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
 *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
 *
1835 1836
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
 *
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
 *	until the channel switch event.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
 *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
 *	operation).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
 *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
1844 1845 1846 1847
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
 *	switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
 *	switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1848
 *
1849 1850 1851
 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
 *
1852 1853 1854 1855 1856
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
 *      supported operating classes.
 *
1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863
 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
 *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
 *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
 *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
 *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
 *	IBSS network.
 *
1864 1865 1866 1867 1868
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
 *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
 *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
 *
1869 1870
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
 *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
1871 1872 1873
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
 *	u8 attribute.
1874
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1875 1876 1877 1878 1879
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
 *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
 *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1880 1881
 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
 *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1882
 *
1883 1884 1885 1886
 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
 *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
 *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
 *
1887 1888 1889
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
 *
1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
 *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
 *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
 *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
 *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
 *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
 *
1897 1898
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
 *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1899 1900
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
 *	supported number of csa counters.
1901
 *
1902 1903 1904
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
 *
1905
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1906
 *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1907
 *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1908 1909 1910
 *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
 *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
 *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
1911 1912 1913 1914
 *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
 *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
 *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
 *	cleared when the socket is closed.
1915
 *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1916 1917 1918 1919
 *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
 *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
 *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
 *	multicast group.
1920 1921
 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
 *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1922
 *
1923 1924 1925
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
 *	the TDLS link initiator.
 *
1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
 *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
 *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
 *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
B
Beni Lev 已提交
1933 1934
 *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
 *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
1935 1936 1937 1938
 *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
 *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
 *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
 *
1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
 *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
 *	setting valid value for coverage class.
 *
1945 1946 1947 1948 1949
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
 *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
 *
1950 1951 1952
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
 *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
 *
1953 1954
 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
 *
1955 1956
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
 *
1957 1958 1959 1960 1961
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
 *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
 *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
 *	cfg80211 regdomain.
 *
1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968
 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
 *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
 *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
 *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
 *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
 *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
 *
1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
 *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
 *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
 *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
 *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
 *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
 *	over all channels.
 *
1977
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
1978 1979 1980
 *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
 *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
 *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
1981 1982 1983

 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
1984
 *
1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
 *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
 *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
 *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
 *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
 *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
 *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
1997 1998 1999 2000
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
 *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
 *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
 *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
 *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
 *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
 *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
 *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2007
 *
2008 2009 2010
 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
 *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
 *
2011 2012
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
 *
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
 *	interface type.
 *
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
 *	groupID for monitor mode.
 *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
 *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
 *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
 *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
 *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
 *	each group.
 *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
 *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
 *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
 *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
 *	groupID data.
 *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
 *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
 *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
 *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
 *
2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
 *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
 *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
 *	attribute must not be included).
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
 *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
 *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
 *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
 *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
 *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
 *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
 *
2053 2054 2055
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
 *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
 *
2056
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2057 2058
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2059 2060
 *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
 *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
 *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
 *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
 *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
 *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
 *	the device will decide what to use.
2068 2069 2070
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
 *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
 *	attribute.
2071 2072
 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2073 2074 2075 2076 2077
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
 *	protection.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
 *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
 *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2078
 *
2079 2080 2081
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
 *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
 *
2082 2083 2084
 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
 *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
 *
2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
 *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
 *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
 *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
 *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
 *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
 *	unnecessary wakeups.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
 *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
 *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
 *
2099 2100 2101 2102
 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
 *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
 *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
 *
2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
 *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
 *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
 *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
 *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
 *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
 *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
 *
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
 *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
 *
2125 2126 2127
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
 *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2128 2129 2130
 *	handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
 *	specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2131
 *
2132 2133 2134 2135 2136
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
 *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
 *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
 *
2137 2138 2139 2140
 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
 *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
 *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2141 2142 2143 2144
 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED
 *	notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by
 *	the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition
 *	protocol).
2145
 *
2146
 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2147 2148 2149 2150
 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_attrs {
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
2151
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160
	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,

	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,

2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168
	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,

	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,

2169 2170 2171 2172 2173
	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,

2174 2175 2176 2177 2178
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2179
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2180

2181 2182
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,

2183 2184
	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,

2185 2186 2187 2188 2189
	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,

2190 2191 2192 2193
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,

2194 2195
	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,

2196 2197
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,

2198 2199 2200
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,

2201
	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2202

2203 2204
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,

2205
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2206
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
S
Sujith 已提交
2207
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2208

2209 2210
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,

2211 2212 2213
	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
	NL80211_ATTR_IE,

2214 2215 2216 2217
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,

	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2218
	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2219 2220
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,

2221 2222 2223
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,

2224 2225
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,

2226
	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2227 2228 2229
	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2230

2231 2232
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,

2233
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2234
	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2235

2236 2237
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2238 2239 2240

	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,

2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246

	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,

2247 2248
	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,

2249 2250
	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,

2251 2252
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,

2253 2254
	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,

2255 2256
	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269
	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,

	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,

	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,

	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,

2270 2271
	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,

2272
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2273
	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2274

2275 2276
	NL80211_ATTR_PID,

2277 2278
	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,

2279 2280
	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2281 2282 2283
	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,

2284 2285 2286 2287
	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,

	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,

2288 2289
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,

2290 2291
	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,

2292 2293 2294 2295
	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,

	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
2296 2297
	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,

2298 2299
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,

2300 2301
	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,

2302 2303
	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,

2304 2305 2306
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,

2307 2308 2309 2310
	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,

2311 2312 2313
	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,

2314 2315
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,

2316 2317 2318
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,

2319 2320
	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,

2321 2322
	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,

2323 2324
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,

2325 2326
	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,

2327 2328
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,

2329 2330
	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,

B
Bruno Randolf 已提交
2331 2332 2333
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,

2334
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2335
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2336

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2337 2338 2339
	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,

2340 2341
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,

2342 2343
	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2344

2345 2346
	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,

2347
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2348
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2349

2350 2351
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,

2352 2353
	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,

2354 2355 2356
	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,

2357
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2358
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2359

2360 2361
	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,

2362 2363 2364
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,

2365 2366
	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,

2367 2368
	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,

2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2375 2376
	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,

2377 2378
	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,

2379 2380
	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,

2381 2382
	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,

2383 2384
	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,

2385 2386
	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,

2387 2388 2389
	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,

2390 2391
	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,

2392 2393
	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,

2394 2395
	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,

2396 2397
	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,

2398 2399
	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,

2400 2401
	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,

2402 2403
	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,

2404
	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2405

M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
2406 2407
	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,

2408 2409
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,

2410 2411 2412 2413
	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,

2414 2415 2416
	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,

2417 2418
	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,

2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424
	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,

	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,

2425 2426
	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,

2427 2428 2429
	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,

2430 2431 2432
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,

2433 2434 2435
	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,

2436 2437 2438
	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,

2439 2440 2441
	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,

2442 2443 2444
	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,

2445 2446
	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,

2447 2448
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,

2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454
	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,

2455 2456
	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,

2457 2458 2459 2460
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,

	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,

2461 2462
	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,

2463 2464 2465
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,

2466 2467
	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2468 2469 2470
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2471
	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2472

2473 2474
	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,

2475 2476 2477
	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,

2478 2479
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,

2480 2481
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,

2482
	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2483

2484
	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2485
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2486

2487 2488
	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,

2489 2490
	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,

2491 2492
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,

2493 2494 2495 2496
	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,

2497 2498
	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,

2499 2500
	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,

2501 2502
	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,

2503 2504
	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,

2505 2506
	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,

2507 2508
	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,

2509 2510
	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,

2511 2512
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,

2513 2514
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,

2515 2516 2517 2518 2519
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,

2520 2521
	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,

2522 2523
	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,

2524 2525
	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,

2526 2527
	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,

2528 2529
	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,

2530 2531 2532
	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,

2533 2534 2535 2536 2537
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,

2538 2539
	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,

2540
	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2541
	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2542
	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2543
	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2544

2545 2546 2547
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,

2548 2549
	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,

2550 2551
	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,

2552 2553 2554
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,

2555 2556
	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,

2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,

	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,

2565 2566 2567
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,

2568 2569
	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2570
	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2571

2572 2573
	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */

2574
	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2575
	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2576 2577 2578
	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

2579 2580
/* source-level API compatibility */
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2581
#define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2582
#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2583
#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2584

2585 2586 2587 2588
/*
 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
 * here
 */
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2589
#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2590
#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2591
#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2592
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2593
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2594
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2595 2596
#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2597 2598
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2599
#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2600 2601 2602
#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2603 2604 2605 2606
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2607
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2608
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2609
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2610

2611
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
2612
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
2613
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		64
2614 2615 2616
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
2617
#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
2618
#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
2619

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2620 2621 2622
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2

2623 2624
#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10

2625 2626 2627
/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300

2628 2629
#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800

2630 2631
/**
 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2632
 *
2633 2634 2635 2636
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2637 2638 2639
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
 *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
 *	AP type interface.
2640 2641
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2642
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2643 2644
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2645 2646 2647 2648
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
 *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
 *	commands to create and destroy one
2649 2650
 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
 *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2651
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2652
 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2653
 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2654
 *
2655
 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666
 * to set the type of an interface.
 *
 */
enum nl80211_iftype {
	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2667
	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2668 2669
	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2670
	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2671
	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2672
	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2673 2674

	/* keep last */
2675 2676
	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2677 2678
};

2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684
/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
 *
 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
 *
2685
 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2686 2687 2688 2689
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
 *	with short barker preamble
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2690
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2691
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2692 2693 2694 2695 2696
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
 *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
 *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
 *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
 *	as errors.)
2697 2698 2699
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
 *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
 *	previously added station into associated state
2700 2701
 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707
 */
enum nl80211_sta_flags {
	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2708
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2709
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2710
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2711
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731
/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
 *
 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
 */
enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,

	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
};

2732 2733
#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER

2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745
/**
 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
 * @set: which values to set them to
 *
 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
 */
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
	__u32 mask;
	__u32 set;
} __attribute__((packed));

2746 2747 2748 2749 2750
/**
 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757
 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2758 2759 2760 2761
 *
 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2762
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2763
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2764
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2765
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2766 2767 2768
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2769 2770
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
 *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2771
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
 *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
 *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785
 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_rate_info {
	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2786
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2787 2788 2789 2790 2791
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2792 2793
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829
/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
 *
 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
 *	(flag)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
 *	(flag)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

2830
/**
2831
 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2832
 *
2833
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2834 2835
 * when getting information about a station.
 *
2836 2837
 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u32, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u64, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
 *	(u64, to this station)
2846 2847
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2848
 * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
 *	(u32, from this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
 *	(u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
 *	(u32, to this station)
2856
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2857 2858 2859
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2860
 *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2861 2862
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
 *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2863 2864
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2865
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2866
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2867
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2868
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2869 2870 2871 2872
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
 *	non-peer STA
2873 2874 2875 2876
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
 *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2877 2878
 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
 *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2879 2880
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
 *	(u64)
2881 2882 2883
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
 *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2884 2885 2886 2887 2888
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
 *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
 *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
 *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
 *	attributes carrying the actual values.
2889 2890
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
 *	received from the station (u64, usec)
2891
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2892 2893
 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902
 */
enum nl80211_sta_info {
	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2903 2904
	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2905 2906
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2907 2908
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2909
	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2910
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2911
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2912
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2913
	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2914
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2915
	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2916 2917 2918
	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2919 2920
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
2921 2922
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
2923
	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
2924
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2925 2926
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2927
	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
2928
	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2929
	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945
/**
 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
 *	attempted to transmit; u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
 *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
 *	MSDUs (u64)
2946
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955
 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
 */
enum nl80211_tid_stats {
	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
2956
	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
};

2963 2964 2965 2966 2967
/**
 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
 *
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2968
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
 */
enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
2975
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
 * information about a mesh path.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2987 2988 2989 2990 2991
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2992
 * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2993 2994 2995 2996 2997
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
 *	currently defind
 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2998
 */
2999 3000 3001
enum nl80211_mpath_info {
	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3002
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3003 3004 3005 3006 3007
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3008 3009

	/* keep last */
3010 3011
	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3012 3013
};

3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020
/**
 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
 *	an array of nested frequency attributes
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
 *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3021 3022 3023 3024 3025
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
 *	defined in 802.11n
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3026 3027 3028
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
 *	defined in 802.11ac
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3029 3030
 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036
 */
enum nl80211_band_attr {
	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3037 3038 3039 3040 3041
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,

3042 3043 3044
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,

3045 3046 3047 3048 3049
	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3050 3051
#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA

3052 3053
/**
 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3054
 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3055 3056 3057
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
 *	regulatory domain.
3058 3059 3060
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
 * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
 * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3061 3062
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3063 3064
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
 *	(100 * dBm).
3065 3066 3067 3068
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
 *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
 *	this channel is in this DFS state.
3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
 *	channel as the control channel
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
 *	channel as the control channel
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
 *	this includes 80+80 channels
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
 *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
 *	isn't possible
3079
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
 *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
 *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
 *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
 *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
 *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3086
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3087 3088
 *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
 *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096
 *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
 *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
 *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
 *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
 *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
 *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
 *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
 *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3097 3098 3099 3100
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3101 3102 3103
 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3104 3105 3106 3107
 *
 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3108
 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3109 3110 3111 3112 3113
 */
enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3114 3115
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3116
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3117
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3118 3119
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3120 3121 3122 3123
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3124
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3125
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3126
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3127 3128
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3135
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3136 3137 3138
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3139 3140
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3141

3142 3143
/**
 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3144
 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3145 3146 3147
 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
 *	in 2.4 GHz band.
3148 3149 3150
 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161
 */
enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171
/**
 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
 * 	regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
 * 	regulatory domain.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
 * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
 * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3172 3173
 * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
 *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
3174
 *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3175 3176
 *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
 *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184
 */
enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
};

3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207
/**
 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
 *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
 *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
 * 	domain.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
 * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
 * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
 * 	them to be applied.
 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
 *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
 *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
 *	domain request to be processed.
 */
enum nl80211_reg_type {
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
};

3208 3209
/**
 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3210
 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220
 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
 * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
 * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
 * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
 * 	band edge.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
 * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
 * 	band edge.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3221
 *	frequency range, in KHz.
3222 3223 3224 3225 3226
 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
 * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
 * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
 * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3227 3228
 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
 *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3229 3230 3231
 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243
 */
enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,

	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,

	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,

3244 3245
	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,

3246 3247 3248 3249 3250
	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3251 3252 3253 3254
/**
 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3255
 *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
3256
 *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3257
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264
 *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
 *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
 *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
 *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
 *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
 *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
 *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
 *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
 *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3272 3273
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
 *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
 *	attribute number currently defined
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,

3281
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3282
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3283 3284
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3285
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3293 3294 3295
/* only for backward compatibility */
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID

3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305
/**
 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
 *
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3306 3307 3308
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
 * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
 * 	beaconing.
3309 3310 3311
 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
 *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
 *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3312
 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3313 3314 3315 3316
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325
 */
enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
3326 3327
	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
3328
	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
3329
	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
3330 3331 3332 3333
	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
3334 3335
};

3336 3337 3338
#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3339 3340
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3341
#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3342 3343 3344 3345

/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)

3346 3347 3348 3349
/**
 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
 *
 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Z
Zefir Kurtisi 已提交
3350 3351 3352
 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360
 */
enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
};

3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374
/**
 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
 *
 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
 *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
 *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
 *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
 *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
 *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
 *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
 *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
 *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
 *	supported feature.
3375 3376
 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
 *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3377 3378 3379 3380
 */
enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3381
	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3382 3383
};

3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392
/**
 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
 *
 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
 * when getting information about a survey.
 *
 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3393
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3394
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3395
 *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
3396
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3397
 *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3398
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3399
 *	channel was sensed busy
3400
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3401
 *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
3402
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3403
 *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3404 3405
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
 *	(on this channel or globally)
3406
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3407 3408 3409
 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3410 3411 3412 3413 3414
 */
enum nl80211_survey_info {
	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3415
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3416 3417 3418 3419 3420
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3421
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3422
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435
/* keep old names for compatibility */
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX

3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448
/**
 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
 *
 * Monitor configuration flags.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
 *
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
 *	overrides all other flags.
3449 3450
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
 *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461
 *
 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
 */
enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3462
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496
/**
 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
 *	not known or has not been set yet.
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
 *	in Awake state all the time.
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
 *	neighbor's beacons.
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
 *	for neighbor's beacons.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
 */

enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,

	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3497 3498 3499
/**
 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
 *
3500 3501
 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
 * active.
3502 3503 3504 3505
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3506
 *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3507
 *
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
3508
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3509
 *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3510 3511
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3512
 *	millisecond units
3513 3514
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3515
 *	on this mesh interface
3516 3517
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3518 3519
 *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
 *	mesh
3520 3521
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3522
 *	point.
3523
 *
3524 3525 3526 3527
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
 *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
 *	set.
3528 3529
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3530 3531
 *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
 *	target)
3532 3533
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3534
 *	(in milliseconds)
3535 3536
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3537
 *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3538 3539
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3540 3541
 *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
 *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3542 3543
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3544 3545
 *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
 *	reference element
3546 3547
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3548 3549
 *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
 *	mesh
3550
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3551
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3552
 *
3553
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3554
 *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
3555
 *
3556
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3557
 *	root announcements are transmitted.
3558
 *
3559
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3560 3561
 *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
 *	Announcement frames.
3562
 *
3563
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3564 3565
 *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
 *	PERR element.
3566
 *
3567
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3568
 *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3569
 *
3570
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3571 3572
 *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
 *	a peer link.
3573
 *
3574
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3575 3576
 *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
 *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
3577
 *
3578 3579
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
 *
3580 3581
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
 *
3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
 *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
 *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
 *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
 *
3589 3590 3591 3592
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
 *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
 *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
 *
3593 3594 3595 3596 3597
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
 *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
 *
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
 *
3598 3599
 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
 *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3600 3601
 *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
 *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3602
 *
3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619
 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3620
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3621
	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3622
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3623
	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3624
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3625
	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3626
	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3627
	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3628
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3629 3630
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3631
	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3632 3633
	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3634
	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649
/**
 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
 *
 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
 * changed while the mesh is active.
 *
 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3650 3651
 *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
 *	default HWMP.
3652 3653
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3654 3655
 *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
 *	metric.
3656
 *
3657
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3658 3659 3660
 *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
 *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
 *	metrics in use.
3661
 *
3662
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3663
 *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3664
 *
3665
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673
 *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
 *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
 *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
 *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
 *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
 *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
 *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
 *	userspace daemon.
3674 3675
 *
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3676 3677 3678
 *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
 *	neighbor offset synchronization
 *
3679 3680 3681
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
 *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
 *
3682 3683 3684 3685
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
 *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
 *	Default is no authentication method required.
 *
3686
 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3687
 *
3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693
 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
 */
enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3694
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3695
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3696
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3697
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3698
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3699
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3706 3707 3708
/**
 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3709
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
 *	disabled
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_txq_attr {
	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3722
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738
enum nl80211_ac {
	NL80211_AC_VO,
	NL80211_AC_VI,
	NL80211_AC_BE,
	NL80211_AC_BK,
	NL80211_NUM_ACS
3739 3740
};

3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747
/* backward compat */
#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK

3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756
/**
 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
 *	below the control channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
 *	above the control channel
 */
S
Sujith 已提交
3757 3758 3759 3760 3761
enum nl80211_channel_type {
	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3762
};
3763

3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779
/**
 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
 *
 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
 * attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
 *	attribute must be provided as well
3780 3781
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789
 */
enum nl80211_chan_width {
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3790 3791
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3792 3793
};

3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808
/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
 *
 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
 *
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
 */
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
};

3809 3810 3811 3812
/**
 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
 *
 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3813
 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3814 3815
 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3816 3817 3818
 *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
 *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
 *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
3819 3820 3821
 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3822
 *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
3823 3824 3825
 *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
 *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
 *	they are from a Beacon frame.
3826 3827
 *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
 *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
3828 3829
 *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
 *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
3830 3831 3832 3833
 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
 *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
 *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3834
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3835
 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3836 3837 3838
 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
 *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
 *	yet been received
3839 3840
 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
 *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
3841 3842 3843 3844
 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
 *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
 *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
3845 3846 3847
 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
 *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
 *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
3848
 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854
 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
 *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
 *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
 *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
 *	is set.
3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867
 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
 */
enum nl80211_bss {
	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3868
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3869
	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3870
	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
3871
	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
3872 3873
	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
3874
	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
3875
	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
3876 3877
	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3884 3885
/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3886
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
3887 3888 3889
 *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
 *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
 *	a given BSS.
3890 3891 3892 3893 3894
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
 *
 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901
 */
enum nl80211_bss_status {
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
};

3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908
/**
 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
 *
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3909
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
3910 3911 3912
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3913 3914 3915 3916 3917
 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
 *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
 *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923
 */
enum nl80211_auth_type {
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3924
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
3925 3926 3927
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3928 3929 3930 3931 3932

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3933
};
3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939

/**
 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3940
 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3941 3942 3943 3944 3945
 */
enum nl80211_key_type {
	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3946 3947

	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3948 3949
};

3950 3951 3952 3953
/**
 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3954
 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
3955 3956 3957 3958
 */
enum nl80211_mfp {
	NL80211_MFP_NO,
	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3959
	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
3960 3961
};

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3962 3963 3964 3965 3966
enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
};

3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983
/**
 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
 *	unicast key
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
 *	multicast key
 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
 */
enum nl80211_key_default_types {
	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,

	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
};

3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996
/**
 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
 *	keys
 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3997 3998 3999
 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
 *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
 *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4000 4001 4002
 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013
 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
 */
enum nl80211_key_attributes {
	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4014
	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4015
	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028
/**
 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
 *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
 *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
 *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4029
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4030
 *	in an array of MCS numbers.
4031 4032
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4033
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039
 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
 */
enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4040
	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4041
	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4042
	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

4049
#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058
#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8

/**
 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
 */
struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
};
4059

4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065
enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
};

4066 4067
/**
 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4068 4069
 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4070
 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4071 4072
 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
 *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4073 4074 4075 4076
 */
enum nl80211_band {
	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4077
	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4078 4079

	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4080 4081
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4082 4083 4084 4085 4086
/**
 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
 */
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4087 4088 4089 4090 4091
enum nl80211_ps_state {
	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
};

4092 4093 4094
/**
 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4095 4096
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
 *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4097 4098 4099 4100
 *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
 *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
 *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
 *	crosses any of the thresholds.
4101 4102 4103
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
 *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
 *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4104
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4105 4106
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
 *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
 *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
 *	checked.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
 *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4118 4119
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
 *	loss event
4120 4121
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
 *	RSSI threshold event.
4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129
 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
 */
enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4130
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4131 4132 4133
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4134
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4135
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4144
 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4145
 *      configured threshold
4146
 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4147
 *      configured threshold
4148
 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4149 4150 4151 4152
 */
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4153
	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4154 4155
};

4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168

/**
 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
 */
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4169
/**
4170 4171 4172
 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4173
 *	a zero bit are ignored
4174
 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180
 *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
 *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
 *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
 *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
 *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
 *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4181
 *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4182 4183 4184
 *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
 *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
 *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4185
 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4186
 *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4187 4188
 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4189
 */
4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197
enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,

	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4198 4199 4200
};

/**
4201
 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4202 4203 4204
 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4205
 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4206 4207
 *
 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4208 4209 4210 4211
 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
 * by the kernel to userspace.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4212
 */
4213
struct nl80211_pattern_support {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4214 4215 4216
	__u32 max_patterns;
	__u32 min_pattern_len;
	__u32 max_pattern_len;
4217
	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4218 4219
} __attribute__((packed));

4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228
/* only for backward compatibility */
#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234
/**
 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
 *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
 *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
4235 4236
 *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
 *	any others are even supported by the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
 *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
 *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
 *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
 *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4244 4245 4246 4247
 *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
 *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
 *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
 *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4248 4249
 *
 *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4250
 *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4251 4252 4253 4254
 *
 *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
 *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
 *	to the kernel when configuring.
4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
 *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
 *	by the device (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
 *	done by the device) (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
 *	packet (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
 *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
 *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
 *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
 *	attribute contains the original length.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
 *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
 *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
 *	contains the original length.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
 *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
 *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
 *	the TCP connection.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
 *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
 *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
 *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
 *	service
4290 4291 4292
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
 *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
 *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298
 *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
 *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
 *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
 *	attribute is also sent in a response to
 *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
 *	supported by the driver (u32).
4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
 *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
 *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
 *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
 *	element is present, it means that more than one match
 *	occurred.
 *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
 *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
 *	these attributes must be present.  If
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
 *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
 *	channel.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4312 4313
 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4314 4315 4316
 *
 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323
 */
enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4324 4325 4326 4327 4328
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4329 4330 4331 4332
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4333 4334 4335 4336
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4337 4338
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
};

4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430
/**
 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
 *
 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
 *
 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
 * also woken up.
 *
 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
 * response packets might not go through correctly.
 */

/**
 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
 * @start: starting value
 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
 *
 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
 * in little endian.
 */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
	__u32 start, offset, len;
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
 * @offset: offset of token in packet
 * @len: length of each token
 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
 *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
 */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
	__u32 offset, len;
	__u8 token_stream[];
};

/**
 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
 * @min_len: minimum token length
 * @max_len: maximum token length
 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
 */
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
 *	(in network byte order)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
 *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
 *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
 *	might require ARP querying.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
 *	socket and port will be allocated
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
 *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
 *	of the data payload.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
 *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
 *	advertising it is just a flag
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
 *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
 *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
 *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
 *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4431
 *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454
 *	but on the TCP payload only.
 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
};

4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503
/**
 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
 * @pat: packet pattern support information
 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
 *
 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
 */
struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
	__u32 max_rules;
	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
	__u32 max_delay;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
 *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
 *	in a rule are matched.
 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
 *	in a rule are not matched.
 */
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
};

4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539
/**
 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
 *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
 *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
 */
enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
 *
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
 *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
 *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
 *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
 *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
 *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
 *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
 *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
 *	different channels may be used within this group.
4540 4541
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
 *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4542 4543
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
 *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4544 4545 4546
 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
 *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
 *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553
 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
 *
 * Examples:
 *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
 *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
 *
4554 4555
 *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
 *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578
 *
 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
 *	=> allows two STAs on different channels
 *
 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
 *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
 *
 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
 * that any of these groups must match.
 *
 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
 * interface type, the following group always exists:
 *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
 */
enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4579
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4580
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4581
	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
};

4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620

/**
 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
 *
 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
 *	state of non existant mesh peer links
 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
 *	this mesh peer
 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
 *	from this mesh peer
 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
 *	received from this mesh peer
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
 *	plink are discarded
 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
 */
enum nl80211_plink_state {
	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
};

4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637
/**
 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
 *
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
 */
enum plink_actions {
	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,

	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
};


4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661
#define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
#define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8

/**
 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
 */
enum nl80211_rekey_data {
	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
};

4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676
/**
 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
 *	Beacon frames)
 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
 *	in Beacon frames
 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
 *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
 */
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
};

4677 4678 4679
/**
 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4680 4681 4682 4683
 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
 *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
 *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696
 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
 */
enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719
/**
 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
 *	priority)
 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
 *	(internal)
 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
 *	(internal)
 */
enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
};

4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735
/**
 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
 */
enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743
/*
 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
};
 */

4744 4745 4746 4747 4748
/**
 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
 *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
 *	socket option.
4749
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4750 4751
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
 *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4752 4753 4754
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
 *	to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
 *	cellular base stations.
4755 4756
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
 *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4757 4758 4759
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
 *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
 *	mode
4760
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4761
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4762
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4763
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4764 4765 4766
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
 *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
 *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4767 4768 4769 4770
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
 *	setting
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
 *	powersave
4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
 *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
 *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
 *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
 *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
 *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
 *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
 *	states using station flags.
 *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
 *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
 *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4782 4783
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
 *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4784 4785 4786 4787
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
 *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
 *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
 *	still generated by the driver.
4788 4789 4790 4791
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
 *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
 *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
 *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4792 4793 4794
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
 *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
 *	lifetime of a BSS.
4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
 *	Set IE to probe requests.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
 *	to probe requests.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
 *	requests sent to it by an AP.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
 *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
 *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
 *	Measurement Report action frame.
4805 4806 4807
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
 *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
 *	to enable dynack.
4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
 *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
 *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
 *	rts/cts handshake.
4815 4816 4817 4818
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
 *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
 *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
 *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4819 4820 4821
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
 *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
 *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4822 4823
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
 *	operating as a TDLS peer.
4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
 *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
 *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
 *	address mask/value will be used.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
 *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
 *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
 *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
 *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4836 4837
 */
enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4838 4839 4840 4841
	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
4842
	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
4843
	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
4844
	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
4845
	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
4846
	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
4847
	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
4848
	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
4849 4850
	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
4851
	/* bit 13 is reserved */
4852
	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
4853
	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
4854
	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
4855
	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
4856
	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
4857 4858 4859 4860
	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
4861
	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
4862 4863
	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
4864
	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
4865
	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
4866
	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
4867 4868 4869
	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 31,
4870 4871
};

4872 4873
/**
 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4874
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
B
Beni Lev 已提交
4875 4876 4877 4878 4879
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
 *	can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
 *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
 *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
 *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
 *	certain groups which can be configured by the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
 *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
 *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
 *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
 *	(if available).
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
 *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
 *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
 *	(if available).
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
 *	channel dwell time.
4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4902 4903
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
 *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
4904 4905 4906 4907
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
 *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
 *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4908 4909 4910
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
 *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4911 4912 4913
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
 *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4914 4915
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
 *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
4916 4917 4918
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
 *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
 *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
4919 4920 4921 4922
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
 *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
 *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
 *	be supported.
4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
 *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
 *	actual dwell time.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
 *	response
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
 *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
 *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
4932 4933
 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
 *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
4934 4935 4936 4937 4938
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
 */
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4939
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
B
Beni Lev 已提交
4940
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
4941
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4942 4943 4944
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
4945 4946 4947
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4948
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
4949 4950
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4951
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4952
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4953
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
4954
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
4955
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
4956 4957 4958 4959
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
4960
	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966

	/* add new features before the definition below */
	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
};

4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987
/**
 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
 *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
 *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
 *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
 *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
 *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
 *	to the host.
 *
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
 */
enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
};

4988 4989 4990 4991
/**
 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
 *	handled by the AP is reached.
4992
 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998
 */
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
};

4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013
/**
 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
 *
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
 */
enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
};

5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019
/**
 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
 *
 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
 * requests.
5020 5021
 *
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5022
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5023 5024 5025 5026 5027
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
 *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
 *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
 *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
 *	when really needed
5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
 *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
 *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
 *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
 *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
 *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
 *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
 *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
 *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
 *	request parameters IE in the probe request
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
 *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
 *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
 *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
 *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
 *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
 *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
 *	SSID and/or RSSI
5049
 */
5050
enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
5059 5060
};

5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078
/**
 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
 *
 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
 *
 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
 *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
 *	in ACL to authenticate.
 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
 *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
 */
enum nl80211_acl_policy {
	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
};

5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097
/**
 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
 *
 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
 *
 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
 *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
 */
enum nl80211_smps_mode {
	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,

	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111
/**
 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
 *
 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
 *
 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
 *	now unusable.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
 *	the channel is now available.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
 *	change to the channel status.
 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
 *	over, channel becomes usable.
5112 5113 5114 5115
 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
 *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
 *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
 *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121
 */
enum nl80211_radar_event {
	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5122
	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
 *
 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
 *
5130
 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5131
 *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5132
 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5133
 *	is therefore marked as not available.
5134
 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141
 */
enum nl80211_dfs_state {
	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
};

5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153
/**
 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
 *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
 *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
 */
enum nl80211_protocol_features {
	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
};

5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174
/**
 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
 *
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
 */
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
	/* add other protocols before this one */
	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
};

/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */

5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185
/**
 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
 *
 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
 *
 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
 */
enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205
/*
 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
 */
#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000

/**
 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
 *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
 *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
 *	added to this file when needed.
 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
 */
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
	__u32 vendor_id;
	__u32 subcmd;
};

5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221
/**
 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
 *
 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
 *
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
 */
enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
};

5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245
/**
 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
 *	seconds (u32).
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
 *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
 *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
 *	make the scan plan meaningless.
 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
 *	currently defined
 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
 */
enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

5246 5247 5248
/**
 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
 *
5249 5250 5251
 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
 *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290
 */
struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
	__u8 band;
	__s8 delta;
} __attribute__((packed));

/**
 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
 *
 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
 *	is requested.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
 *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
 *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
 *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
 *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
 *
 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
 * which the driver shall use.
 */
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};

5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322
/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
 *
 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
 *
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
 */
enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,

	/* keep last */
	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
 *
 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
 *
 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
 */
enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
};

5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337
/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
 *
 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
 *
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
 */
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
};

5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
 *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
 *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
 *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
 *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
 *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
 *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
 *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
 *	is follow up. This is a u8.
 *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
 *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
 *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
 *	This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
 *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
 *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
 *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
 *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
 *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
 */
enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
};

/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
 *	This is a flag.
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
 *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
 *	&NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
 *	and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
 *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
 */
enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
};

5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457
/**
 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
 *	match. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
 *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
 *
 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
 */
enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,

	/* keep last */
	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
};

5458
#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */